blob: ef9e7b313383ab1d3f7b875e99eab783abd755c2 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +000025#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000027#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000031#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000032#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000033#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000034
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000035using namespace clang;
36
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000037unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
38unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000039unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000041unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000043unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
45
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000046enum FloatingRank {
47 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
48};
49
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000050void
51ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
52 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
53 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
54 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +000055 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000056
57 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
58 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
59 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
60 PEnd = Params->end();
61 P != PEnd; ++P) {
62 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
63 ID.AddInteger(0);
64 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
65 continue;
66 }
67
68 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
69 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +000070 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000071 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +000072 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
73 ID.AddBoolean(true);
74 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
75 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I)
76 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getExpansionType(I).getAsOpaquePtr());
77 } else
78 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000079 continue;
80 }
81
82 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
83 ID.AddInteger(2);
84 Profile(ID, TTP);
85 }
86}
87
88TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
89ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +000090 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000091 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
92 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
93 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
94 void *InsertPos = 0;
95 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
96 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
97 if (Canonical)
98 return Canonical->getParam();
99
100 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
101 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
102 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
103 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
104 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
105 PEnd = Params->end();
106 P != PEnd; ++P) {
107 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
108 CanonParams.push_back(
109 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
110 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
111 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
112 TTP->isParameterPack()));
113 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000114 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
115 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
116 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
117 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
118 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
119 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
120 llvm::SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
121 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
122 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
123 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
124 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
125 }
126
127 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
128 SourceLocation(),
129 NTTP->getDepth(),
130 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
131 T,
132 TInfo,
133 ExpandedTypes.data(),
134 ExpandedTypes.size(),
135 ExpandedTInfos.data());
136 } else {
137 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
138 SourceLocation(),
139 NTTP->getDepth(),
140 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
141 T,
142 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
143 TInfo);
144 }
145 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
146
147 } else
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000148 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
149 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
150 }
151
152 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
153 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
154 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000155 TTP->getPosition(),
156 TTP->isParameterPack(),
157 0,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000158 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
159 SourceLocation(),
160 CanonParams.data(),
161 CanonParams.size(),
162 SourceLocation()));
163
164 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
165 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
166 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
167 (void)Canonical;
168
169 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
170 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
171 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
172 return CanonTTP;
173}
174
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000175CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000176 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
177
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000178 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000179 case CXXABI_ARM:
180 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
181 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000182 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000183 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
184 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
185 }
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000186 return 0;
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000187}
188
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000189ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar1b444192009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000190 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000191 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000192 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000193 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000194 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
195 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise862cbc2010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000196 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
197 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000198 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000199 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
Peter Collingbourne9e2c81f2011-02-09 21:04:32 +0000200 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
John McCall8cb7bdf2010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000201 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000202 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000203 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenek6aead3a2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000204 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
205 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis440ea322010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000206 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenek520f47b2010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000207 LastSDM(0, 0),
John McCall147d0212011-02-22 22:38:33 +0000208 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000209 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
210 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000211 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000212 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000213 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000214 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000215}
216
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000217ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000218 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
219 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
220 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000221
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000222 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
223 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
224 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000225
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000226 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
227 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
228 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
229 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
230 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000231
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000232 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000233 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
234 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
235 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
236 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
237 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
238 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
239 R->Destroy(*this);
240
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000241 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
242 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
243 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
244 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
245 R->Destroy(*this);
246 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000247
248 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
249 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
250 A != AEnd; ++A)
251 A->second->~AttrVec();
252}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000253
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000254void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
255 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
256}
257
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258void
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000259ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
260 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
261}
262
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000263void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
264 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
265 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000266
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000267 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000269#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
270#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
271 0 // Extra
272 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000273
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000274 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
275 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000276 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000277 }
278
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000279 unsigned Idx = 0;
280 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
281#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
282 if (counts[Idx]) \
283 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
284 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
285 ++Idx;
286#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
287#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000288
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000289 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000290
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000291 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000292 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
293 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
294 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000295 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
296 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
297 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000298 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
299 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
300 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000301 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
302 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
303
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000304 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
305 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
306 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
307 }
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000308
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000309 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000310}
311
312
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000313void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000314 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000315 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000316 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000317}
318
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000319void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
320 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000321
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000322 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000323 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000324
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000325 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000326 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000327 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000328 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000329 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
330 else
331 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000332 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000333 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
334 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
335 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
336 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
337 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000338
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000339 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000340 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
341 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
342 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
343 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
344 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000345
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000346 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000347 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
348 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
349 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000350
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000351 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
352 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
353 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
354
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000355 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
356 if (!LangOpts.ShortWChar)
357 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
358 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
359 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
360 } else // C99
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000361 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000362
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000363 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
364 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
365 else // C99
366 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
367
368 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
369 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
370 else // C99
371 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
372
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000373 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
374 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
375 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
376 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
377 // expressions.
378 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000379
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000380 // Placeholder type for functions.
381 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
382
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000383 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000384 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
385 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
386 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000387
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000388 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000389
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000390 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
391 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
392 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000393 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000394
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000395 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000396 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
397 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000398 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000399
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000400 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000401
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000402 // void * type
403 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000404
405 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
406 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000407}
408
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000409Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
410 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
411}
412
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000413AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
414 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
415 if (!Result) {
416 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
417 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
418 }
419
420 return *Result;
421}
422
423/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
424void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
425 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
426 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
427 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
428 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
429 }
430}
431
432
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000433MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000434ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000435 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000436 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000437 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
438 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
439 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000440
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000441 return Pos->second;
442}
443
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000445ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000446 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
447 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000448 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
449 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
450 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
451 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000452 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000453 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000454}
455
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000456NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000457ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000458 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000459 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
460 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000461 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000463 return Pos->second;
464}
465
466void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000467ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
468 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
469 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
470 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
471 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
472 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
473 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
474}
475
476UsingShadowDecl *
477ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
478 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
479 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
480 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
481 return 0;
482
483 return Pos->second;
484}
485
486void
487ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
488 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
489 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
490 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000491}
492
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000493FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
494 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
495 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
496 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
497 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000498
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000499 return Pos->second;
500}
501
502void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
503 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
504 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
505 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
506 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
507 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000508
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000509 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
510}
511
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000512ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
513ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
514 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
515 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
516 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
517 return 0;
518
519 return Pos->second.begin();
520}
521
522ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
523ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
524 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
525 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
526 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
527 return 0;
528
529 return Pos->second.end();
530}
531
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000532unsigned
533ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
534 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
535 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
536 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
537 return 0;
538
539 return Pos->second.size();
540}
541
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000542void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
543 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
544 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
545}
546
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000547//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
548// Type Sizing and Analysis
549//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000550
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000551/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
552/// scalar floating point type.
553const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000554 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000555 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
556 switch (BT->getKind()) {
557 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
558 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
559 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
560 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
561 }
562}
563
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000564/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000565/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
566/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000567/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
568/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000569CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000570 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
571
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000572 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
573 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
574 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000575
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000576 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
577 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
578 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
579 //
580 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
581 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
582 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
583 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
584 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
585 } else {
586 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
587 }
588 }
589
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000590 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
591 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000592 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000593 // do nothing
594
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000595 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000596 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000597 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000598 if (RefAsPointee)
599 T = RT->getPointeeType();
600 else
601 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
602 }
603 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000604 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
605 // large-array alignment on the target.
Rafael Espindolae971b9a2010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000606 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000607 const ArrayType *arrayType;
608 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
609 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
610 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
611 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
612 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
613 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000614
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000615 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
616 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
617 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000618 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
619 }
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000620
621 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
622 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
623 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
624 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
625 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
626 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
627 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
628 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
629
630 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000631 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000632
633 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
634 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
635 if (offset > 0) {
636 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
637 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
638 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
639 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
640 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
641 }
642
643 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000644 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000645 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000646
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000647 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000648}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000649
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000650std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000651ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000652 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000653 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
654 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000655}
656
657std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000658ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000659 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
660}
661
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000662/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
663/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000664///
665/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
666/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
667/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000668std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000669ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000670 uint64_t Width=0;
671 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000672 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000673#define TYPE(Class, Base)
674#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000675#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000676#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
677#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000678 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000679 break;
680
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000681 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
682 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000683 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
684 Width = 0;
685 Align = 32;
686 break;
687
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000688 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000689 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000690 Width = 0;
691 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
692 break;
693
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000694 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000695 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000696
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000697 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000698 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000699 Align = EltInfo.second;
700 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000701 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000702 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000703 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000704 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
705 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
706 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000707 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000708 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
709 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000710 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000711 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
712 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
713 }
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000714 break;
715 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000716
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000717 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000718 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000719 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000720 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000721 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
722 Width = 0;
723 Align = 8;
724 break;
725
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000726 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000727 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
728 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000729 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000730 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
731 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
732 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000733 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000734 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
735 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000736 break;
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000737 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
738 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000739 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
740 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
741 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000742 case BuiltinType::Char16:
743 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
744 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
745 break;
746 case BuiltinType::Char32:
747 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
748 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
749 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000750 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000751 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000752 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
753 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000754 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000755 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000756 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000757 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
758 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000759 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000760 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000761 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000762 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
763 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000764 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000765 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000766 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000767 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
768 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000769 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000770 case BuiltinType::Int128:
771 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
772 Width = 128;
773 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
774 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000775 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000776 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
777 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000778 break;
779 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000780 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
781 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000782 break;
783 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000784 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
785 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000786 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000787 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
788 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
789 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000790 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000791 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
792 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
793 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
794 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
795 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
796 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000797 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000798 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000799 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000800 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000801 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000802 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000803 case Type::BlockPointer: {
804 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
805 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
806 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
807 break;
808 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000809 case Type::LValueReference:
810 case Type::RValueReference: {
811 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
812 // the pointer route.
813 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
814 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
815 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
816 break;
817 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000818 case Type::Pointer: {
819 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000820 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000821 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
822 break;
823 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000824 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000825 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000826 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000827 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000828 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000829 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
830 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000831 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000832 case Type::Complex: {
833 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
834 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000835 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000836 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000837 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000838 Align = EltInfo.second;
839 break;
840 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000841 case Type::ObjCObject:
842 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000843 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000844 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000845 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000846 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000847 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000848 break;
849 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000850 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000851 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000852 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
853
854 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000855 Width = 1;
856 Align = 1;
857 break;
858 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000859
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000860 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000861 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
862
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000863 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000864 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000865 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000866 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000867 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000868 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000869
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000870 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000871 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
872 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000873
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000874 case Type::Auto: {
875 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
876 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a24210e2011-02-22 20:00:16 +0000877 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000878 }
879
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +0000880 case Type::Paren:
881 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
882
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000883 case Type::Typedef: {
884 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000885 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
886 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattner29eb47b2011-02-19 22:55:41 +0000887 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
888 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
889 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
890 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
891 Align = AttrAlign;
892 else
893 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000894 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000895 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000896 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000897
898 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
899 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
900 .getTypePtr());
901
902 case Type::TypeOf:
903 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
904
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000905 case Type::Decltype:
906 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
907 .getTypePtr());
908
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000909 case Type::Elaborated:
910 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000911
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +0000912 case Type::Attributed:
913 return getTypeInfo(
914 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
915
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000916 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000917 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000918 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
919 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
920 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
921 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
922 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
923 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000924
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000925 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000926 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000927}
928
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000929/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
930CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
931 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
932}
933
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000934/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
935int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
936 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
937}
938
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000939/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
940/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000941CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000942 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000943}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000944CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000945 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000946}
947
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000948/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000949/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000950CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000951 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000952}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000953CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000954 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000955}
956
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000957/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
958/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
959/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
960/// a data type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000961unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000962 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000963
964 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000965 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000966 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
967 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
968 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
969 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
970
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000971 return ABIAlign;
972}
973
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000974/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
975/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
976///
977void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000978 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000979 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
980 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
982 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
983 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
984 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000985}
986
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000987/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
988/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
989/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
990/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
991/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000992///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000993void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
994 bool leafClass,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000995 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000996 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
997 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
998 if (!leafClass) {
999 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1000 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +00001001 Ivars.push_back(*I);
1002 }
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001003 else
1004 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001005}
1006
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001007/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1008/// those inherited by it.
1009void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001010 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001011 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001012 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1013 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1014 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1015 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001016 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001017 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001018 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001019 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1020 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001021 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1022 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001023 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001024
1025 // Categories of this Interface.
1026 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
1027 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
1028 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
1029 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1030 while (SD) {
1031 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1032 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1033 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001034 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001035 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001036 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1037 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001038 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001039 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1040 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1041 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1042 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001043 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001044 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1045 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1046 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001047 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001048 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1049 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1050 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1051 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001052 }
1053}
1054
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001055unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001056 unsigned count = 0;
1057 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian3bf0ded2010-06-22 23:20:40 +00001058 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
1059 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001060 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
1061
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001062 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1063 // includes synthesized ivars.
1064 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001065 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1066
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001067 return count;
1068}
1069
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001070/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1071ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1072 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1073 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1074 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1075 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1076 return 0;
1077}
1078/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1079ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1080 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1081 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1082 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1083 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1084 return 0;
1085}
1086
1087/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1088void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1089 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1090 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1091 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1092}
1093/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1094void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1095 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1096 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1097 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1098}
1099
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001100/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1101/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001102Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001103 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1104 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1105 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001106 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001107 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001108 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1109}
1110
1111/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1112void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1113 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001114 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1115 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001116 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1117}
1118
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001119/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001120///
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001121/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001122/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1123///
1124/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1125/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1126/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001127TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001128 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001129 if (!DataSize)
1130 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1131 else
1132 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001133 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001134
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001135 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1136 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1137 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1138 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001139}
1140
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001141TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001142 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001143 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregor2d525f02011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001144 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001145 return DI;
1146}
1147
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001148const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001149ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001150 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1151}
1152
1153const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001154ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1155 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001156 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1157}
1158
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001159//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1160// Type creation/memoization methods
1161//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1162
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001163QualType
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001164ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1165 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1166 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001167
1168 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1169 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001170 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1171 void *insertPos = 0;
1172 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1173 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1174 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001175 }
1176
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001177 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1178 QualType canon;
1179 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1180 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
1181 canonSplit.second.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1182 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.first, canonSplit.second);
1183
1184 // Re-find the insert position.
1185 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1186 }
1187
1188 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1189 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1190 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001191}
1192
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001193QualType
1194ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001195 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1196 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001197 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001198
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001199 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1200 // into one ExtQuals node.
1201 QualifierCollector Quals;
1202 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001203
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001204 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1205 // another one.
1206 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1207 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1208 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001209
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001210 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001211}
1212
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001213QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001214 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001215 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001216 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001217 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001218
John McCall53fa7142010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001219 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1220 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001221 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001222 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1223 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1224 }
1225 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001226
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001227 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1228 // into one ExtQuals node.
1229 QualifierCollector Quals;
1230 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001231
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001232 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1233 // another one.
1234 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1235 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1236 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001237
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001238 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001239}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001240
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001241const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1242 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1243 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1244 return T;
1245
1246 QualType Result;
1247 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1248 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1249 } else {
1250 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1251 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1252 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1253 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1254 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1255 }
1256
1257 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1258}
1259
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001260/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1261/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001262QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001263 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1264 // structure.
1265 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1266 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001267
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001268 void *InsertPos = 0;
1269 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1270 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001271
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001272 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1273 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1274 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001275 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001276 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001277
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001278 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1279 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001280 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001281 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001282 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001283 Types.push_back(New);
1284 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1285 return QualType(New, 0);
1286}
1287
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001288/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1289/// the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001290QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00001291 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1292 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001293 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001294 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001295
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001296 void *InsertPos = 0;
1297 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001298 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001299
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001300 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1301 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001302 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001303 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001304 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001305
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001306 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1307 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001308 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001309 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001310 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001311 Types.push_back(New);
1312 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001313 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001314}
1315
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001316/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001317/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001318QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001319 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1320 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001321 // structure.
1322 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1323 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001324
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001325 void *InsertPos = 0;
1326 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1327 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1328 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001329
1330 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001331 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1332 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001333 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001334 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001335
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001336 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1337 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1338 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001339 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001340 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001341 BlockPointerType *New
1342 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001343 Types.push_back(New);
1344 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1345 return QualType(New, 0);
1346}
1347
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001348/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1349/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001350QualType
1351ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001352 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1353 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001354 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001355 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001356
1357 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001358 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1359 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001360 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001361
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001362 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1363
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001364 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1365 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1366 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001367 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1368 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1369 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001370
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001371 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001372 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1373 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001374 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001375 }
1376
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001377 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001378 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1379 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001380 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001381 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001382
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001383 return QualType(New, 0);
1384}
1385
1386/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1387/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001388QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001389 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1390 // structure.
1391 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001392 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001393
1394 void *InsertPos = 0;
1395 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1396 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1397 return QualType(RT, 0);
1398
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001399 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1400
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001401 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1402 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1403 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001404 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1405 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1406 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001407
1408 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1409 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1410 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001411 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001412 }
1413
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001414 RValueReferenceType *New
1415 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001416 Types.push_back(New);
1417 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001418 return QualType(New, 0);
1419}
1420
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001421/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1422/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001423QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001424 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1425 // structure.
1426 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1427 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1428
1429 void *InsertPos = 0;
1430 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1431 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1432 return QualType(PT, 0);
1433
1434 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1435 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1436 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001437 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001438 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1439
1440 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1441 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1442 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001443 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001444 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001445 MemberPointerType *New
1446 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001447 Types.push_back(New);
1448 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1449 return QualType(New, 0);
1450}
1451
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001452/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001453/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001454QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001455 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001456 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001457 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001458 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1459 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001460 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1461
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001462 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1463 // the target.
1464 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001465 ArySize =
1466 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001467
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001468 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001469 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001470
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001471 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001472 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001473 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001474 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001475
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001476 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
1477 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1478 QualType Canon;
1479 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1480 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1481 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001482 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001483 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
1484
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001485 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001486 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001487 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001488 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001489 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001490
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001491 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001492 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001493 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001494 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001495 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001496}
1497
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001498/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
1499/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
1500/// sizes replaced with [*].
1501QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
1502 // Vastly most common case.
1503 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001504
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001505 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001506
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001507 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
1508 const Type *ty = split.first;
1509 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
1510#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1511#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1512#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1513#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1514 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
1515
1516 // These types should never be variably-modified.
1517 case Type::Builtin:
1518 case Type::Complex:
1519 case Type::Vector:
1520 case Type::ExtVector:
1521 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
1522 case Type::ObjCObject:
1523 case Type::ObjCInterface:
1524 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1525 case Type::Record:
1526 case Type::Enum:
1527 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
1528 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1529 case Type::TypeOf:
1530 case Type::Decltype:
1531 case Type::DependentName:
1532 case Type::InjectedClassName:
1533 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
1534 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
1535 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
1536 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001537 case Type::Auto:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001538 case Type::PackExpansion:
1539 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
1540
1541 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
1542 // further decay.
1543 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1544 case Type::FunctionProto:
1545 case Type::BlockPointer:
1546 case Type::MemberPointer:
1547 return type;
1548
1549 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
1550 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
1551 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
1552 // optimizations available here.
1553 case Type::Pointer:
1554 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
1555 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
1556 break;
1557
1558 case Type::LValueReference: {
1559 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
1560 result = getLValueReferenceType(
1561 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
1562 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
1563 break;
1564 }
1565
1566 case Type::RValueReference: {
1567 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
1568 result = getRValueReferenceType(
1569 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
1570 break;
1571 }
1572
1573 case Type::ConstantArray: {
1574 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
1575 result = getConstantArrayType(
1576 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
1577 cat->getSize(),
1578 cat->getSizeModifier(),
1579 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
1580 break;
1581 }
1582
1583 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
1584 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
1585 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
1586 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
1587 dat->getSizeExpr(),
1588 dat->getSizeModifier(),
1589 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1590 dat->getBracketsRange());
1591 break;
1592 }
1593
1594 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
1595 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
1596 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
1597 result = getVariableArrayType(
1598 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
1599 /*size*/ 0,
1600 ArrayType::Normal,
1601 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1602 SourceRange());
1603 break;
1604 }
1605
1606 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
1607 case Type::VariableArray: {
1608 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
1609 result = getVariableArrayType(
1610 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
1611 /*size*/ 0,
1612 ArrayType::Star,
1613 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1614 vat->getBracketsRange());
1615 break;
1616 }
1617 }
1618
1619 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
1620 return getQualifiedType(result, split.second);
1621}
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001622
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001623/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1624/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001625QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1626 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001627 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001628 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001629 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001630 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1631 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001632 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001633
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001634 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
1635 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1636 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1637 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001638 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001639 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001640 }
1641
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001642 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001643 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001644
1645 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1646 Types.push_back(New);
1647 return QualType(New, 0);
1648}
1649
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001650/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1651/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001652/// type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001653QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
1654 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001655 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001656 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
1657 SourceRange brackets) const {
1658 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
1659 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001660 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1661
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001662 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
1663 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
1664 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
1665 // because they can't be used in most locations.
1666 if (!numElements) {
1667 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
1668 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1669 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
1670 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1671 brackets);
1672 Types.push_back(newType);
1673 return QualType(newType, 0);
1674 }
1675
1676 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
1677 // also build a canonical type.
1678
1679 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1680
1681 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001682 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001683 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
1684 QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1685 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001686
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001687 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
1688 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
1689 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001690
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001691 // If we don't have one, build one.
1692 if (!canonTy) {
1693 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1694 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1695 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1696 brackets);
1697 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
1698 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001699 }
1700
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001701 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
1702 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
1703 canonElementType.second);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001704
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001705 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
1706 // then just use that as our result.
1707 if (QualType(canonElementType.first, 0) == elementType)
1708 return canon;
1709
1710 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
1711 // of the element type.
1712 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
1713 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1714 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
1715 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
1716 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
1717 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001718}
1719
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001720QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001721 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001722 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001723 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001724 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001725
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001726 void *insertPos = 0;
1727 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
1728 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
1729 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001730
1731 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001732 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
1733 // qualifiers off the element type.
1734 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001735
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001736 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1737 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1738 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0),
1739 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
1740 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.second);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001741
1742 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001743 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
1744 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1745 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001746 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001747
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001748 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1749 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001750
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001751 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
1752 Types.push_back(newType);
1753 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001754}
1755
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001756/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1757/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001758QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001759 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001760 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001761
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001762 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1763 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001764 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001765
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001766 void *InsertPos = 0;
1767 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1768 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1769
1770 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1771 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1772 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001773 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson77954802010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001774 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001775
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001776 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1777 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001778 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001779 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001780 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001781 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001782 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1783 Types.push_back(New);
1784 return QualType(New, 0);
1785}
1786
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001787/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001788/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001789QualType
1790ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001791 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001792
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001793 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1794 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001795 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001796 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001797 void *InsertPos = 0;
1798 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1799 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1800
1801 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1802 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1803 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001804 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001805 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001806
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001807 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1808 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001809 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001810 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001811 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1812 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001813 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1814 Types.push_back(New);
1815 return QualType(New, 0);
1816}
1817
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001818QualType
1819ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
1820 Expr *SizeExpr,
1821 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001822 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001823 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001824 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001825
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001826 void *InsertPos = 0;
1827 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1828 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1829 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1830 if (Canon) {
1831 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1832 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001833 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1834 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1835 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001836 } else {
1837 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1838 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001839 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1840 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1841 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001842
1843 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1844 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1845 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1846 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001847 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1848 } else {
1849 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1850 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001851 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1852 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001853 }
1854 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001855
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001856 Types.push_back(New);
1857 return QualType(New, 0);
1858}
1859
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001860/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001861///
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001862QualType
1863ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1864 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001865 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001866 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1867 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001868 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001869 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001870
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001871 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001872 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001873 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001874 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001875
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001876 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001877 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001878 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001879 Canonical =
1880 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1881 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001882
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001883 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001884 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1885 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001886 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001887 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001888
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001889 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001890 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001891 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001892 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001893 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001894}
1895
1896/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1897/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001898QualType
1899ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
1900 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
1901 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001902 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1903 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001904 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001905 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001906
1907 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001908 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001909 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001910 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001911
1912 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001913 bool isCanonical = !EPI.HasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001914 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001915 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001916 isCanonical = false;
1917
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001918 const CallingConv CallConv = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
1919
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001920 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001921 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001922 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001923 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001924 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001925 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1926 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001927 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001928
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001929 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
1930 if (CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec) {
1931 CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec = false;
1932 CanonicalEPI.HasAnyExceptionSpec = false;
1933 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
1934 }
1935 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
1936 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
1937
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001938 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001939 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001940 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001941
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001942 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001943 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1944 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001945 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001946 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001947
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001948 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001949 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1950 // end of them.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001951 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1952 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType) +
1953 EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
1954 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
1955 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, EPI);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001956 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001957 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001958 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001959}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00001960
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001961#ifndef NDEBUG
1962static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1963 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1964 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1965 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1966 return true;
1967 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1968 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1969 return true;
1970 return false;
1971}
1972#endif
1973
1974/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1975/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1976QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001977 QualType TST) const {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001978 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1979 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1980 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2c2167a2010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001981 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001982 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1983 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1984 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1985 } else {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00001986 Type *newType =
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001987 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00001988 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
1989 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001990 }
1991 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1992}
1993
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001994/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1995/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001996QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001997 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001998 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001999
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002000 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002001 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002002
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002003 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2004 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2005
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002006 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002007 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2008 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2009 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002010 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002011 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002012 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2013 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002014 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002015 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002016 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002017 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2018 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2019 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002020 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002021 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002022
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002023 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002024}
2025
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00002026/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00002027/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002028QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002029ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) const {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002030 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002031
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002032 if (Canonical.isNull())
2033 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002034 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002035 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002036 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2037 Types.push_back(newType);
2038 return QualType(newType, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00002039}
2040
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002041QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002042 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2043
2044 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2045 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2046 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2047
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002048 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2049 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2050 Types.push_back(newType);
2051 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002052}
2053
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002054QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002055 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2056
2057 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2058 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2059 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2060
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002061 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2062 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2063 Types.push_back(newType);
2064 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002065}
2066
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002067QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2068 QualType modifiedType,
2069 QualType equivalentType) {
2070 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2071 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2072
2073 void *insertPos = 0;
2074 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2075 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2076
2077 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2078 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2079 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2080
2081 Types.push_back(type);
2082 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2083
2084 return QualType(type, 0);
2085}
2086
2087
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002088/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2089QualType
2090ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002091 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002092 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002093 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2094
2095 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2096 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2097 void *InsertPos = 0;
2098 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2099 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2100
2101 if (!SubstParm) {
2102 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2103 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2104 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2105 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2106 }
2107
2108 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2109}
2110
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002111/// \brief Retrieve a
2112QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2113 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2114 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2115#ifndef NDEBUG
2116 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2117 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2118 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2119 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2120 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2121 }
2122#endif
2123
2124 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2125 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2126 void *InsertPos = 0;
2127 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2128 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2129 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2130
2131 QualType Canon;
2132 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2133 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2134 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2135 ArgPack);
2136 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2137 }
2138
2139 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2140 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2141 ArgPack);
2142 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2143 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2144 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2145}
2146
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002147/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002149/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002150QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002151 bool ParameterPack,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002152 IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002153 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00002154 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002155 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002157 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2158
2159 if (TypeParm)
2160 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002161
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00002162 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002163 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00002164 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2165 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002166
2167 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2168 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2169 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2170 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002171 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002172 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2173 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002174
2175 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2176 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2177
2178 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2179}
2180
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002181TypeSourceInfo *
2182ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2183 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2184 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002185 QualType CanonType) const {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002186 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
2187
2188 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
2189 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
2190 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
2191 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2192 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2193 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2194 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2195 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2196 return DI;
2197}
2198
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002199QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002200ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002201 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002202 QualType Canon) const {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002203 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2204
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002205 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
2206 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2207 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2208 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2209
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002210 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002211 Canon);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002212}
2213
2214QualType
2215ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002216 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2217 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002218 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00002219 if (!Canon.isNull())
2220 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002221 else
2222 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002223
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002224 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2225 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2226 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002227 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregorc40290e2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00002228 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002229 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002230 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002231 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002232 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor00044172009-07-29 16:09:57 +00002233 Canon);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002235 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002236 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002237}
2238
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002239QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002240ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2241 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002242 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002243 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2244 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2245 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2246 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2247 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2248 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2249
2250 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2251 // exists.
2252 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2253 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2254 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2255
2256 void *InsertPos = 0;
2257 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2258 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2259
2260 if (!Spec) {
2261 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2262 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2263 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2264 TypeAlignment);
2265 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2266 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
2267 QualType());
2268 Types.push_back(Spec);
2269 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2270 }
2271
2272 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2273 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2274 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2275}
2276
2277QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002278ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2279 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002280 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002281 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002282 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002283
2284 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002285 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002286 if (T)
2287 return QualType(T, 0);
2288
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002289 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2290 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2291 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002292 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2293 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002294 (void)CheckT;
2295 }
2296
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002297 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002298 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002299 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002300 return QualType(T, 0);
2301}
2302
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002303QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002304ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002305 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2306 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2307
2308 void *InsertPos = 0;
2309 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2310 if (T)
2311 return QualType(T, 0);
2312
2313 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2314 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2315 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2316 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2317 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2318 (void)CheckT;
2319 }
2320
2321 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2322 Types.push_back(T);
2323 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2324 return QualType(T, 0);
2325}
2326
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002327QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2328 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2329 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002330 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002331 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2332
2333 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2334 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002335 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2336 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2337 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2338
2339 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2340 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002341 }
2342
2343 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002344 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002345
2346 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002347 DependentNameType *T
2348 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002349 if (T)
2350 return QualType(T, 0);
2351
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002352 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002353 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002354 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002355 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002356}
2357
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002358QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002359ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2360 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002361 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002362 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002363 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002364 // TODO: avoid this copy
2365 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2366 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2367 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2368 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2369 ArgCopy.size(),
2370 ArgCopy.data());
2371}
2372
2373QualType
2374ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2375 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2376 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2377 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2378 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002379 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00002380 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
2381 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002382
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002383 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002384 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2385 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002386
2387 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002388 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2389 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002390 if (T)
2391 return QualType(T, 0);
2392
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002393 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002394
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002395 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2396 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2397
2398 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2399 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2400 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2401 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2402 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2403 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002404 }
2405
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002406 QualType Canon;
2407 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2408 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2409 Name, NumArgs,
2410 CanonArgs.data());
2411
2412 // Find the insert position again.
2413 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2414 }
2415
2416 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2417 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2418 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002419 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002420 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002421 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002422 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002423 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002424}
2425
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002426QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
2427 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002428 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002429 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002430
2431 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
2432 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
2433 void *InsertPos = 0;
2434 PackExpansionType *T
2435 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2436 if (T)
2437 return QualType(T, 0);
2438
2439 QualType Canon;
2440 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002441 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002442
2443 // Find the insert position again.
2444 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2445 }
2446
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002447 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002448 Types.push_back(T);
2449 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2450 return QualType(T, 0);
2451}
2452
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002453/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2454/// alphabetically.
2455static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2456 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002457 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002458}
2459
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002460static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002461 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2462 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2463
2464 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2465 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2466 return false;
2467 return true;
2468}
2469
2470static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002471 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2472 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002474 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2475 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2476
2477 // Remove duplicates.
2478 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2479 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2480}
2481
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002482QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2483 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002484 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002485 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2486 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2487 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2488 return BaseType;
2489
2490 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002491 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002492 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002493 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002494 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2495 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002496
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002497 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2498 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002499 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002500 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2501 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2502 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002503 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2504 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002505 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2506
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002507 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002508 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2509 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002510 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002511 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2512 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002513 }
2514
2515 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002516 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2517 }
2518
2519 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2520 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2521 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2522 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2523 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2524
2525 Types.push_back(T);
2526 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2527 return QualType(T, 0);
2528}
2529
2530/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2531/// the given object type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002532QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002533 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2534 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2535
2536 void *InsertPos = 0;
2537 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2538 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2539 return QualType(QT, 0);
2540
2541 // Find the canonical object type.
2542 QualType Canonical;
2543 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2544 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2545
2546 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002547 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2548 }
2549
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002550 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002551 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2552 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2553 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002554
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002555 Types.push_back(QType);
2556 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002557 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002558}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002559
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002560/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2561/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002562QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) const {
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002563 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2564 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002565
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002566 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2567 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2568 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2569 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2570 Types.push_back(T);
2571 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002572}
2573
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002574/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2575/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002576/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002577/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002578/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002579QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002580 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002581 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2582 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2583 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002584
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002585 void *InsertPos = 0;
2586 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2587 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2588 if (Canon) {
2589 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2590 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002591 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002592 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2593 }
2594 else {
2595 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002596 Canon
2597 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002598 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2599 toe = Canon;
2600 }
2601 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002602 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002603 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002604 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002605 Types.push_back(toe);
2606 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002607}
2608
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002609/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2610/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2611/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002612/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002613/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002614QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002615 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002616 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002617 Types.push_back(tot);
2618 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002619}
2620
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002621/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2622/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002623static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlsson7d209572009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002624 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2625 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002626
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002627 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2628 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2629 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2630 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2631 return VD->getType();
2632 }
2633 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2634 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2635 return FD->getType();
2636 }
2637 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2638 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2639 // return type of that function.
2640 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2641 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002642
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002643 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002644
2645 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002646 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall086a4642010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002647 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002648 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002649
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002650 return T;
2651}
2652
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002653/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2654/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2655/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002656/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002657/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002658QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002659 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002660 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2661 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2662 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002663
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002664 void *InsertPos = 0;
2665 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2666 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2667 if (Canon) {
2668 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2669 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002670 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002671 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2672 }
2673 else {
2674 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002675 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002676 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2677 dt = Canon;
2678 }
2679 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002680 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002681 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002682 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002683 Types.push_back(dt);
2684 return QualType(dt, 0);
2685}
2686
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002687/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002688QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002689 void *InsertPos = 0;
2690 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
2691 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
2692 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2693 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
2694 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2695 return QualType(AT, 0);
2696 }
2697
2698 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
2699 Types.push_back(AT);
2700 if (InsertPos)
2701 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2702 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002703}
2704
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002705/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2706/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002707QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002708 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002709 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2710 // away const? mutable?
2711 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002712}
2713
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002714/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2715/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2716/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002717CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002718 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00002719}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002720
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002721/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2722/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2723QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2724 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2725 return WCharTy;
2726}
2727
2728/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2729/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2730QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2731 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2732 return UnsignedIntTy;
2733}
2734
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002735/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2736/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2737QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002738 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002739}
2740
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002741//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2742// Type Operators
2743//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2744
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002745CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002746 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2747 // qualifiers.
2748 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002749 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002750 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002751 QualType Result;
2752 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2753 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2754 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2755 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2756 } else {
2757 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2758 }
2759
2760 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2761}
2762
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002763
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002764QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
2765 Qualifiers &quals) {
2766 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
2767
2768 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
2769 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
2770 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
2771 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
2772 const ArrayType *AT =
2773 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.first->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
2774
2775 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002776 if (!AT) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002777 quals = splitType.second;
2778 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002779 }
2780
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002781 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
2782 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
2783 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
2784
2785 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
2786 // can just use the results in splitType.
2787 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
2788 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
2789 quals = splitType.second;
2790 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
2791 }
2792
2793 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
2794 // build the type back up.
2795 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.second);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002796
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002797 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002798 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002799 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2800 }
2801
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002802 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002803 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002804 }
2805
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002806 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002807 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002808 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002809 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2810 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2811 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2812 }
2813
2814 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002815 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002816 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2817 SourceRange());
2818}
2819
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002820/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2821/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2822/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2823/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2824/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2825/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2826/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2827/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2828bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2829 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2830 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2831 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2832 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2833 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2834 return true;
2835 }
2836
2837 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2838 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2839 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2840 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2841 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2842 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2843 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2844 return true;
2845 }
2846
2847 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2848 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2849 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2850 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2851 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2852 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2853 return true;
2854 }
2855 }
2856
2857 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2858
2859 return false;
2860}
2861
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002862DeclarationNameInfo
2863ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2864 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002865 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002866 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2867 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2868
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002869 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002870 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002871 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002872 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2873 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002874 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002875 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2876 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2877 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2878 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2879 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2880 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002881 }
2882 }
2883
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002884 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2885 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002886 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2887 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002888}
2889
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002890TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002891 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2892 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2893 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2894 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2895
2896 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002897 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002898 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002899
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00002900 if (SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *SubstPack
2901 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()) {
2902 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonParam
2903 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(SubstPack->getParameterPack());
2904 TemplateArgument CanonArgPack
2905 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(SubstPack->getArgumentPack());
2906 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(CanonParam, CanonArgPack);
2907 }
2908
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002909 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002910
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002911 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2912 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2913 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2914}
2915
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002916bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2917 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2918 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2919 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2920}
2921
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002922TemplateArgument
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002923ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002924 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2925 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2926 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002927
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002928 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002929 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002930
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002931 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002932 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002933
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002934 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2935 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002936
2937 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
2938 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
2939 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregore1d60df2011-01-14 23:41:42 +00002940 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002941
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002942 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002943 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002944 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002945
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002946 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002947 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002948
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002949 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor0192c232010-12-20 16:52:59 +00002950 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
2951 return Arg;
2952
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002953 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
2954 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002955 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002956 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002957 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2958 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2959 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002960
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002961 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002962 }
2963 }
2964
2965 // Silence GCC warning
2966 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2967 return TemplateArgument();
2968}
2969
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002970NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002971ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002972 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002973 return 0;
2974
2975 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2976 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2977 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002978 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002979 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2980 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2981
2982 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2983 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2984 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor7b26ff92011-02-24 02:36:08 +00002985 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2986 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
2987
2988 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
2989 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2990 // this namespace and no prefix.
2991 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2992 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
2993 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002994
2995 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2996 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2997 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00002998
2999 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3000 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3001 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3002 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3003 // types, e.g.,
3004 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3005 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
3006 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
3007 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3008 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
3009 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
3010 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
3011 }
3012
Douglas Gregorcc10cbf2010-11-04 00:14:23 +00003013 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003014 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
3015 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
3016 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3017 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003018
3019 T = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(DTST->getKeyword(),
3020 Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier(),
3021 DTST->getNumArgs(),
3022 DTST->getArgs());
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003023 T = getCanonicalType(T);
3024 }
3025
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003026 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3027 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003028 }
3029
3030 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3031 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3032 return NNS;
3033 }
3034
3035 // Required to silence a GCC warning
3036 return 0;
3037}
3038
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003039
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003040const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003041 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003042 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003043 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3044 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3045 return AT;
3046 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003047
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003048 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003049 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003050 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003051
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003052 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003053 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3054 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003055
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003056 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3057 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003058 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003059
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003060 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
3061 Qualifiers qs = split.second;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003062
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003063 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003064 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.first);
3065 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003066 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003067
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003068 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3069 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003070 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003071
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003072 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3073 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3074 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003075 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003076 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3077 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3078 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003079 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003080
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003081 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003082 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
3083 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003084 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003085 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003086 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003087 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003088 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003089
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003090 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003091 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003092 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003093 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003094 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003095 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00003096}
3097
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003098/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
3099/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
3100/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
3101/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
3102///
3103/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003104QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003105 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
3106 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
3107 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
3108 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
3109 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
3110 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003111
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003112 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003113
3114 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003115 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003116}
3117
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003118QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
3119 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00003120}
3121
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003122QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
3123 Qualifiers qs;
3124 while (true) {
3125 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
3126 const ArrayType *array = split.first->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
3127 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003128
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003129 type = array->getElementType();
3130 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.second);
3131 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003132
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003133 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00003134}
3135
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003136/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003137uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003138ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
3139 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
3140 do {
3141 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
3142 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
3143 } while (CA);
3144 return ElementCount;
3145}
3146
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00003147/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
3148/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003149static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003150 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00003151 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003152
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003153 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
3154 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003155 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00003156 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
3157 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
3158 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003159 }
3160}
3161
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003162/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
3163/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003164/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
3165/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003166QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
3167 QualType Domain) const {
3168 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
3169 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
3170 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003171 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003172 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
3173 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
3174 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
3175 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00003176 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003177
3178 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
3179 switch (EltRank) {
3180 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
3181 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
3182 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
3183 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003184 }
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003185}
3186
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003187/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
3188/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
3189/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003190/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003191int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003192 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
3193 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003194
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003195 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003196 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003197 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003198 return 1;
3199 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003200}
3201
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003202/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
3203/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
3204/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003205unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003206 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003207 if (const EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003208 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003209
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00003210 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_S) ||
3211 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_U))
Eli Friedmanc131d3b2009-07-05 23:44:27 +00003212 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
3213
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00003214 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
3215 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
3216
3217 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
3218 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
3219
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003220 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003221 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
3222 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003223 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003224 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3225 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3226 case BuiltinType::SChar:
3227 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003228 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003229 case BuiltinType::Short:
3230 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003231 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003232 case BuiltinType::Int:
3233 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003234 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003235 case BuiltinType::Long:
3236 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003237 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003238 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
3239 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003240 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003241 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3242 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3243 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003244 }
3245}
3246
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003247/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3248/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3249///
3250/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3251/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003252QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003253 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3254 return QualType();
3255
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003256 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3257 if (!Field)
3258 return QualType();
3259
3260 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3261
3262 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
3263 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
3264 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3265 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3266 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3267 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3268 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3269 return IntTy;
3270
3271 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3272 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3273
3274 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3275 // like the base type.
3276 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3277 // is ridiculous.
3278 return QualType();
3279}
3280
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003281/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3282/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3283/// integer type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003284QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003285 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3286 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003287 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3288 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003289 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3290 return IntTy;
3291 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3292 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3293 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3294 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3295}
3296
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003297/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003298/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003300int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003301 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3302 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003303 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003304
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003305 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3306 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003307
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003308 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3309 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003310
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003311 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3312 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3313 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3314 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003315
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003316 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3317 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3318 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3319 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3320 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003321
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003322 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3323 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003324 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003325 return -1;
3326 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003327
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003328 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3329 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3330 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003331
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003332 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3333 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003334 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003335 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003336}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003337
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003338static RecordDecl *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003339CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003340 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3341 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3342 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3343 else
3344 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3345}
3346
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003347// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003348QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003349 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003350 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003351 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003352 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003353 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003354
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003355 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003356
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003357 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003358 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003359 // int flags;
3360 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003361 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003362 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003363 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003364 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3365
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003366 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003367 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003368 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003369 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003370 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003371 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003372 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003373 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003374 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003375 }
3376
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003377 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003378 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003379
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003380 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003381}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003382
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003383void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003384 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003385 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3386 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3387}
3388
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003389// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003390QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() const {
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003391 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3392 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003393 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003394 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3395 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3396
3397 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3398
3399 // const int *isa;
3400 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3401 // const char *str;
3402 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3403 // unsigned int length;
3404 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3405
3406 // Create fields
3407 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3408 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3409 SourceLocation(), 0,
3410 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3411 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3412 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003413 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003414 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3415 }
3416
3417 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3418 }
3419
3420 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3421}
3422
3423void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3424 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3425 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3426 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3427}
3428
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003429QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() const {
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003430 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003431 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003432 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003433 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003434 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003435
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003436 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3437 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003438 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003439 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3440 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3441 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3442 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003443
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003444 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003445 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3446 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3447 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003448 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003449 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003450 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003451 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003452 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003453 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003454
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003455 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003456 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003457
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003458 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3459}
3460
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003461QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003462 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3463 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3464
3465 RecordDecl *T;
3466 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003467 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003468 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003469 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003470
3471 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3472 UnsignedLongTy,
3473 UnsignedLongTy,
3474 };
3475
3476 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3477 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003478 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003479 };
3480
3481 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3482 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3483 T,
3484 SourceLocation(),
3485 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003486 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003487 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3488 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003489 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003490 T->addDecl(Field);
3491 }
3492
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003493 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003494
3495 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3496
3497 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3498}
3499
3500void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3501 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3502 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3503 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3504}
3505
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003506QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003507 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3508 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3509
3510 RecordDecl *T;
3511 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003512 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003513 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003514 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003515
3516 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3517 UnsignedLongTy,
3518 UnsignedLongTy,
3519 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3520 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3521 };
3522
3523 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3524 "reserved",
3525 "Size",
3526 "CopyFuncPtr",
3527 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3528 };
3529
3530 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3531 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3532 T,
3533 SourceLocation(),
3534 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003535 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003536 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3537 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003538 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003539 T->addDecl(Field);
3540 }
3541
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003542 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003543
3544 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3545
3546 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3547}
3548
3549void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3550 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3551 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3552 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3553}
3554
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003555bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003556 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3557 return true;
3558 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3559 return true;
3560 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3561 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003562 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3563 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3564 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3565 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(*this);
3566
3567 }
3568 }
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003569 return false;
3570}
3571
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003572QualType
3573ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003574 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003575 // void *__isa;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003576 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003577 // unsigned int __flags;
3578 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedman04831922010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003579 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3580 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003581 // int X;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003582 // } *
3583
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003584 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3585
3586 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003587 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3588 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3589 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003590 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003591 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003592 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003593 T->startDefinition();
3594 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3595 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3596 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3597 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3598 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3599 Int32Ty,
3600 Int32Ty,
3601 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3602 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3603 Ty
3604 };
3605
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003606 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003607 "__isa",
3608 "__forwarding",
3609 "__flags",
3610 "__size",
3611 "__copy_helper",
3612 "__destroy_helper",
3613 DeclName,
3614 };
3615
3616 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3617 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3618 continue;
3619 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3620 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003621 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003622 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003623 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003624 T->addDecl(Field);
3625 }
3626
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003627 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003628
3629 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003630}
3631
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003632void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003633 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003634 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3635 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3636}
3637
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003638// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3639// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003640static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003641 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003642 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3643 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003644
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003645 return false;
3646}
3647
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003648/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003649/// purpose.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003650CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003651 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003652
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003653 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003654 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003655 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003656 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3657 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003658 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003659 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003660}
3661
3662static inline
3663std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3664 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003665}
3666
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003667/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003668/// declaration.
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003669std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
3670 std::string S;
3671
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003672 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3673 QualType BlockTy =
3674 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3675 // Encode result type.
John McCall8e346702010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003676 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003677 // Compute size of all parameters.
3678 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3679 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3680 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003681 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3682 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003683 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003684 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3685 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003686 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003687 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003688 ParmOffset += sz;
3689 }
3690 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003691 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003692 // Block pointer and offset.
3693 S += "@?0";
3694 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3695
3696 // Argument types.
3697 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3698 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3699 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3700 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3701 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3702 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3703 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3704 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3705 // elements.
3706 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3707 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3708 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3709 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3710 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003711 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003712 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003713 }
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003714
3715 return S;
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003716}
3717
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003718void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
3719 std::string& S) {
3720 // Encode result type.
3721 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
3722 CharUnits ParmOffset;
3723 // Compute size of all parameters.
3724 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3725 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3726 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3727 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3728 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3729 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
3730 ParmOffset += sz;
3731 }
3732 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3733 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
3734
3735 // Argument types.
3736 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3737 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3738 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3739 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3740 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3741 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3742 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3743 // elements.
3744 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3745 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3746 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3747 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3748 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3749 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3750 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3751 }
3752}
3753
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003754/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003755/// declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003756void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003757 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003758 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003759 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003760 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003761 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003762 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003763 // Compute size of all parameters.
3764 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3765 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3766 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003767 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003768 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3769 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003770 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003771 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003772 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003773 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003774 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003775 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3776 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003777 ParmOffset += sz;
3778 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003779 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003780 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003781 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003782
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003783 // Argument types.
3784 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003785 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003786 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003787 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003788 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003789 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003790 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3791 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3792 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003793 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003794 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3795 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3796 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003797 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003798 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003799 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003800 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003801 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003802 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003803 }
3804}
3805
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003806/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003807/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003808/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3809/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003810/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3811/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3812/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3813/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3814/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003815/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3816/// @code
3817/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3818/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3819/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3820/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3821/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3822/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3823/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3824/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3825/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3826/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3827/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3828/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3829/// };
3830/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003831void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003832 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003833 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003834 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3835 bool Dynamic = false;
3836 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3837
3838 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3839 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003840 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003841 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3842 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003843 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003844 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003845 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3846 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3847 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3848 Dynamic = true;
3849 } else {
3850 SynthesizePID = PID;
3851 }
3852 }
3853 }
3854 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003855 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003856 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003857 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003858 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003859 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3860 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3861 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3862 Dynamic = true;
3863 } else {
3864 SynthesizePID = PID;
3865 }
3866 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003867 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003868 }
3869 }
3870
3871 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3872 S = "T";
3873
3874 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003875 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3876 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003877 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003878 true /* outermost type */,
3879 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003880
3881 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3882 S += ",R";
3883 } else {
3884 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3885 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3886 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003887 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003888 }
3889 }
3890
3891 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3892 // are "dynamic by default".
3893 if (Dynamic)
3894 S += ",D";
3895
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003896 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3897 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003898
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003899 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3900 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003901 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003902 }
3903
3904 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3905 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003906 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003907 }
3908
3909 if (SynthesizePID) {
3910 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3911 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003912 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003913 }
3914
3915 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3916}
3917
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003918/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003919/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3920/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003921/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3922///
3923void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003924 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003925 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003926 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003927 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003928 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003929 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003930 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3931 }
3932 }
3933}
3934
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003935void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003936 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003937 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3938 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3939 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3940 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003941 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003942 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003943}
3944
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003945static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3946 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3947 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3948 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3949 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3950 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3951 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3952 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3953 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3954 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003955 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003956 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3957 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3958 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3959 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3960 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00003961 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
3962 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003963 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3964 case BuiltinType::Long:
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003965 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003966 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3967 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3968 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3969 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00003970 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003971 }
3972}
3973
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003974static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003975 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003976 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3977 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003978 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003979 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3980 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3981 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3982 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3983 //
3984 // struct
3985 // {
3986 // int integer;
3987 // int flags:2;
3988 // };
3989 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
3990 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
3991 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
3992 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
3993 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
3994 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
3995 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
3996 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3997 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
3998 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
3999 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
4000 unsigned i = 0;
4001 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
4002 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
4003 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
4004 if (*Field == FD)
4005 break;
4006 }
4007 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
David Chisnall6f0a7d22010-12-26 20:12:30 +00004008 if (T->isEnumeralType())
4009 S += 'i';
4010 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004011 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T);
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004012 }
4013 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004014 S += llvm::utostr(N);
4015}
4016
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004017// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004018void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4019 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4020 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004021 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004022 bool OutermostType,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004023 bool EncodingProperty) const {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004024 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004025 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004026 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
4027 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004028 return;
4029 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004030
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004031 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004032 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004033 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004034 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004035 return;
4036 }
Fariborz Jahaniand25c2192009-11-23 20:40:50 +00004037
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004038 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
4039 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004040 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian89b660c2009-11-30 18:43:52 +00004041 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
4042 S += ':';
4043 return;
4044 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004045 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
4046 }
4047 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4048 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4049 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004050 bool isReadOnly = false;
4051 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
4052 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
4053 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004054 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004055 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004056 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
4057 isReadOnly = true;
4058 S += 'r';
4059 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00004060 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004061 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004062 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
4063 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004064 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
4065 isReadOnly = true;
4066 S += 'r';
4067 }
4068 }
4069 if (isReadOnly) {
4070 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
4071 // combinations need to be rearranged.
4072 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00004073 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
4074 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004075 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004076
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004077 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
4078 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
4079 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004080 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004081 S += '*';
4082 return;
4083 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004084 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00004085 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
4086 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
4087 S += '#';
4088 return;
4089 }
4090 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
4091 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
4092 S += '@';
4093 return;
4094 }
4095 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004096 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004097 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004098 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
4099
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004100 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004101 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004102 return;
4103 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004104
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004105 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4106 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
4107 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004108 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
4109 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
4110 S += '^';
4111
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004112 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004113 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4114 } else {
4115 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004116
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004117 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4118 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
4119 else {
4120 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
4121 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
4122 S += '0';
4123 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004124
4125 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004126 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4127 S += ']';
4128 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004129 return;
4130 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004131
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004132 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00004133 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004134 return;
4135 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004136
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004137 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004138 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004139 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004140 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
4141 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
4142 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004143 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
4144 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
4145 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
4146 std::string TemplateArgsStr
4147 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00004148 TemplateArgs.data(),
4149 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004150 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
4151
4152 S += TemplateArgsStr;
4153 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004154 } else {
4155 S += '?';
4156 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004157 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004158 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004159 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4160 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004161 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004162 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004163 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004164 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004165 S += '"';
4166 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004167
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004168 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004169 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004170 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004171 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004172 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004173 QualType qt = Field->getType();
4174 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004175 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004176 FD);
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004177 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004178 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00004179 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004180 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004181 return;
4182 }
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004183
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004184 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004185 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004186 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004187 else
4188 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004189 return;
4190 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004191
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004192 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00004193 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004194 return;
4195 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004196
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004197 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
4198 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
4199 T = OT->getBaseType();
4200
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004201 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004202 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004203 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004204 S += '{';
4205 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
4206 S += II->getName();
4207 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004208 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
4209 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4210 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4211 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
4212 if (Field->isBitField())
4213 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004214 else
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004215 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004216 }
4217 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004218 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004219 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004220
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004221 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004222 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4223 S += '@';
4224 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004225 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004226
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004227 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4228 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4229 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4230 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004231 S += '#';
4232 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004233 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004234
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004235 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004236 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004237 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4238 ExpandStructures, FD);
4239 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4240 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4241 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004242 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004243 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4244 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004245 S += '<';
4246 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4247 S += '>';
4248 }
4249 S += '"';
4250 }
4251 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004252 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004253
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004254 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4255 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4256 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4257 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004258 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004259 // {...};
4260 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004261 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4262 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004263 NULL);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004264 return;
4265 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004266
4267 S += '@';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004268 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004269 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004270 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004271 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4272 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004273 S += '<';
4274 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4275 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004276 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004277 S += '"';
4278 }
4279 return;
4280 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004281
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004282 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4283 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4284 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4285 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004286
4287 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4288 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4289 // insufficient.
4290 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4291 return;
4292 }
4293
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004294 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004295}
4296
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004297void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004298 std::string& S) const {
4299 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4300 S += 'n';
4301 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4302 S += 'N';
4303 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4304 S += 'o';
4305 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4306 S += 'O';
4307 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4308 S += 'R';
4309 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4310 S += 'V';
4311}
4312
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004313void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004314 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004315
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004316 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4317}
4318
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004319void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004320 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004321}
4322
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004323void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004324 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004325}
4326
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004327void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004328 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahaniana32aaef2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004329}
4330
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004331void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004332 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004333}
4334
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004335void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004336 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004337 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004338
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004339 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004340}
4341
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004342/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4343/// lookup.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004344TemplateName
4345ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4346 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004347 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4348 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4349
4350 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4351 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4352 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4353
4354 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004355 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004356 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4357 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4358 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4359 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4360 *Storage++ = D;
4361 }
4362
4363 return TemplateName(OT);
4364}
4365
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004366/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4367/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004368TemplateName
4369ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4370 bool TemplateKeyword,
4371 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004372 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004373 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4374 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4375
4376 void *InsertPos = 0;
4377 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4378 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4379 if (!QTN) {
4380 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4381 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4382 }
4383
4384 return TemplateName(QTN);
4385}
4386
4387/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4388/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004389TemplateName
4390ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4391 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004392 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004393 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004394
4395 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4396 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4397
4398 void *InsertPos = 0;
4399 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4400 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4401
4402 if (QTN)
4403 return TemplateName(QTN);
4404
4405 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4406 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4407 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4408 } else {
4409 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4410 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004411 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4412 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4413 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4414 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004415 }
4416
4417 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4418 return TemplateName(QTN);
4419}
4420
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004421/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4422/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4423TemplateName
4424ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004425 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004426 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4427 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4428
4429 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4430 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4431
4432 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004433 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4434 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004435
4436 if (QTN)
4437 return TemplateName(QTN);
4438
4439 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4440 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4441 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4442 } else {
4443 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4444 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004445
4446 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4447 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4448 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4449 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004450 }
4451
4452 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4453 return TemplateName(QTN);
4454}
4455
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004456TemplateName
4457ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4458 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
4459 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
4460 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4461 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
4462
4463 void *InsertPos = 0;
4464 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
4465 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4466
4467 if (!Subst) {
4468 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Self, Param,
4469 ArgPack.pack_size(),
4470 ArgPack.pack_begin());
4471 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
4472 }
4473
4474 return TemplateName(Subst);
4475}
4476
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004477/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004478/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4479/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004480CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004481 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004482 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004483 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4484 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4485 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4486 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4487 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4488 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4489 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4490 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4491 }
4492
4493 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004494 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004495}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004496
4497//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4498// Type Predicates.
4499//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4500
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004501/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4502/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4503/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004504/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004505///
4506bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004507 if (const TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004508 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004509 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004510 return true;
4511 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004512 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004513}
4514
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004515/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4516/// garbage collection attribute.
4517///
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00004518Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
4519 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC)
4520 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
4521
4522 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1);
4523 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
4524
4525 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
4526 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
4527 // as __strong.
4528 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
4529 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4530 return Qualifiers::Strong;
4531 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
4532 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
4533 } else {
4534 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
4535 // pointer.
4536#ifndef NDEBUG
4537 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4538 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
4539 CT = AT->getElementType();
4540 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
4541#endif
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004542 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004543 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004544}
4545
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004546//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4547// Type Compatibility Testing
4548//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004549
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004550/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004551/// compatible.
4552static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4553 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004554 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004555 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004556 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004557}
4558
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004559bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4560 QualType SecondVec) {
4561 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4562 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4563
4564 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4565 return true;
4566
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004567 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4568 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004569 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4570 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004571 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004572 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004573 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4574 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4575 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4576 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004577 return true;
4578
4579 return false;
4580}
4581
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004582//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4583// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4584//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4585
4586/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4587/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004588bool
4589ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4590 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004591 if (lProto == rProto)
4592 return true;
4593 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4594 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4595 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4596 return true;
4597 return false;
4598}
4599
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004600/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4601/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4602/// otherwise.
4603bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4604 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4605 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4606 return false;
4607}
4608
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004609/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4610/// Class<p1, ...>.
4611bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4612 QualType rhs) {
4613 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4614 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4615 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4616
4617 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4618 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4619 bool match = false;
4620 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4621 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4622 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4623 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4624 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4625 match = true;
4626 break;
4627 }
4628 }
4629 if (!match)
4630 return false;
4631 }
4632 return true;
4633}
4634
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004635/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4636/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4637bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4638 bool compare) {
4639 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004640 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004641 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4642 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004643 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004644 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4645 return true;
4646
4647 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004648 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004649
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004650 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004651
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004652 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004653 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004654 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4655 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4656 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4657 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4658 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4659 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4660 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004661 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004662 return false;
4663 }
4664 }
4665 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4666 return true;
4667 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004668 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004669 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4670 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4671 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4672 bool match = false;
4673
4674 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4675 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4676 // through its super class and categories.
4677 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4678 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4679 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4680 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4681 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4682 match = true;
4683 break;
4684 }
4685 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004686 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004687 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4688 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4689 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4690 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4691 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4692 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4693 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004694 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004695 match = true;
4696 break;
4697 }
4698 }
4699 }
4700 if (!match)
4701 return false;
4702 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004703
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004704 return true;
4705 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004706
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004707 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4708 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4709
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004710 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004711 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004712 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004713 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4714 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4715 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4716 bool match = false;
4717
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004718 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004719 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4720 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004721 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
4722 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004723 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4724 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4725 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4726 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4727 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4728 match = true;
4729 break;
4730 }
4731 }
4732 if (!match)
4733 return false;
4734 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004735
4736 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
4737 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
4738 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4739 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4740 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
4741 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
4742 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
4743 // assume that it is mismatch.
4744 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
4745 return false;
4746 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4747 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4748 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4749 bool match = false;
4750 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
4751 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4752 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4753 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4754 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4755 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4756 match = true;
4757 break;
4758 }
4759 }
4760 if (!match)
4761 return false;
4762 }
4763 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004764 return true;
4765 }
4766 return false;
4767}
4768
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004769/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004770/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4771/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4772///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004773bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4774 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004775 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4776 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4777
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004778 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004779 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4780 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004781 return true;
4782
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004783 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004784 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4785 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004786 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004787
4788 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4789 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4790 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4791
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004792 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4793 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004794 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004795
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004796 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004797}
4798
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004799/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4800/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4801/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4802/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4803/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4804bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4805 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4806 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004807 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004808 return true;
4809
4810 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4811 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4812 }
4813
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004814 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004815 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4816 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4817 false);
4818
4819 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4820 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4821 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4822 if (LHS != RHS) {
4823 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4824 return false;
4825 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4826 return true;
4827 }
4828 else
4829 return true;
4830 }
4831 return false;
4832}
4833
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004834/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4835/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4836/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4837/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4838static
4839void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4840 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4841 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4842 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4843
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004844 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4845 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4846 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4847 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004848
4849 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4850 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4851 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4852 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4853 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004854 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004855 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4856 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004857 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4858 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4859 }
4860
4861 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4862 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004863 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4864 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004865 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4866 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4867 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4868 }
4869 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004870 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004871 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4872 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004873 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4874 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4875 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4876 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4877 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004878 }
4879}
4880
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004881/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4882/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4883/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4884/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4885QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004886 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4887 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4888 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4889 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4890 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4891 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4892 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004893 return QualType();
4894
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004895 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4896 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004897 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004898 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4899 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4900
4901 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4902 if (!Protocols.empty())
4903 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4904 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4905 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004906 }
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004907 }
4908
4909 return QualType();
4910}
4911
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004912bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4913 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4914 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4915 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4916
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004917 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4918 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004919 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004920 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004921
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004922 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4923 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004924 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004925 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004926
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004927 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4928 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004929 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004930 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004931
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004932 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4933 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004934 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4935 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4936
4937 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4938 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004939 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4940 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004941 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4942 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004943 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004944 break;
4945 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004946 }
4947 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4948 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4949 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004950 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004951 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4952 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004953}
4954
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004955bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4956 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004957 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4958 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004959
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004960 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004961 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004962
4963 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4964 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004965}
4966
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00004967bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
4968 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
4969 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4970 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
4971}
4972
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004973/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004974/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004975/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004976/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004977bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4978 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004979 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4980 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4981
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004982 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004983}
4984
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004985bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4986 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4987}
4988
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004989/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
4990/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
4991/// QualType()
4992QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
4993 bool OfBlockPointer,
4994 bool Unqualified) {
4995 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
4996 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4997 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
4998 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4999 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbourne19b961d2010-12-02 21:00:06 +00005000 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005001 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5002 if (!MT.isNull())
5003 return MT;
5004 }
5005 }
5006 }
5007
5008 return QualType();
5009}
5010
5011/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
5012/// argument types
5013QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5014 bool OfBlockPointer,
5015 bool Unqualified) {
5016 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
5017 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
5018 // type is compatible with a union member
5019 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
5020 Unqualified);
5021 if (!lmerge.isNull())
5022 return lmerge;
5023
5024 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
5025 Unqualified);
5026 if (!rmerge.isNull())
5027 return rmerge;
5028
5029 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5030}
5031
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005032QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005033 bool OfBlockPointer,
5034 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005035 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
5036 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005037 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
5038 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005039 bool allLTypes = true;
5040 bool allRTypes = true;
5041
5042 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005043 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005044 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5045 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
5046 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
5047 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
5048 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
5049 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
5050 retType = mergeTypes(RHS, LHS, true, UnqualifiedResult);
5051 }
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005052 else
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005053 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
5054 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005055 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005056
5057 if (Unqualified)
5058 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
5059
5060 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
5061 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
5062 if (Unqualified) {
5063 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5064 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5065 }
5066
5067 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005068 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005069 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005070 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005071
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00005072 // FIXME: double check this
5073 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5074 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5075 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005076 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
5077 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005078
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005079 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005080 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005081 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005082
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005083 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
5084 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
5085 return QualType();
5086
5087 // It's noreturn if either type is.
5088 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
5089 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
5090 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5091 allLTypes = false;
5092 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5093 allRTypes = false;
5094
5095 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo(NoReturn,
5096 lbaseInfo.getRegParm(),
5097 lbaseInfo.getCC());
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005098
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005099 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005100 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
5101 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005102 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
5103 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
5104
5105 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
5106 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
5107 return QualType();
5108
5109 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
5110 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
5111 return QualType();
5112
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005113 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
5114 return QualType();
5115
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005116 // Check argument compatibility
5117 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
5118 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
5119 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
5120 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005121 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
5122 OfBlockPointer,
5123 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005124 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005125
5126 if (Unqualified)
5127 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5128
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005129 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005130 if (Unqualified) {
5131 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5132 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5133 }
5134
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005135 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
5136 allLTypes = false;
5137 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
5138 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005139 }
5140 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5141 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005142
5143 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
5144 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
5145 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005146 }
5147
5148 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
5149 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
5150
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005151 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005152 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005153 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005154 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
5155 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
5156 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
5157 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
5158 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
5159 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
5160 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
5161 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
5162 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00005163
5164 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
5165 // to pass enum values.
5166 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5167 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
5168
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005169 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
5170 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
5171 return QualType();
5172 }
5173
5174 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5175 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005176
5177 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
5178 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005179 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005180 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005181 }
5182
5183 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5184 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005185 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005186}
5187
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005188QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005189 bool OfBlockPointer,
5190 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00005191 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
5192 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
5193 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005194 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
5195 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005196 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
5197 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005198
5199 if (Unqualified) {
5200 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5201 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5202 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005203
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005204 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5205 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5206
5207 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5208 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5209 return LHS;
5210
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005211 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00005212 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5213 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005214 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5215 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
5216 // mismatch.
5217 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5218 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5219 return QualType();
5220
5221 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5222 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5223 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5224 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5225 // qualified __strong.
5226 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5227 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5228 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5229
5230 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5231 return QualType();
5232
5233 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5234 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
5235 }
5236 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5237 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
5238 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005239 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005240 }
5241
5242 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005243
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005244 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5245 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005246
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005247 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5248 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5249 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5250 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005251
5252 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005253 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5254 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5255 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5256 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005257
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005258 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5259 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5260 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5261
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005262 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5263 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5264 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005265
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005266 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005267 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005268 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005269 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005270 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5271 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005272 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005273 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5274 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005275 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005276 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005277 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5278 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005279 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005280
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005281 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005282 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005283
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005284 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005285 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005286#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5287#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005288#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005289#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5290#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5291#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5292 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5293 return QualType();
5294
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005295 case Type::LValueReference:
5296 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005297 case Type::MemberPointer:
5298 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5299 return QualType();
5300
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005301 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005302 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5303 case Type::VariableArray:
5304 case Type::FunctionProto:
5305 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005306 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5307 return QualType();
5308
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005309 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005310 {
5311 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005312 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5313 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005314 if (Unqualified) {
5315 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5316 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5317 }
5318 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5319 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005320 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005321 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005322 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005323 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005324 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005325 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5326 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005327 case Type::BlockPointer:
5328 {
5329 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005330 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5331 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005332 if (Unqualified) {
5333 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5334 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5335 }
5336 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5337 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005338 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5339 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5340 return LHS;
5341 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5342 return RHS;
5343 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5344 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005345 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005346 {
5347 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5348 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5349 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5350 return QualType();
5351
5352 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5353 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005354 if (Unqualified) {
5355 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5356 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5357 }
5358
5359 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005360 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005361 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5362 return LHS;
5363 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5364 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005365 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5366 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5367 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5368 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005369 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5370 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005371 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5372 return LHS;
5373 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5374 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005375 if (LVAT) {
5376 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5377 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5378 // has to be different.
5379 return LHS;
5380 }
5381 if (RVAT) {
5382 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5383 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5384 // has to be different.
5385 return RHS;
5386 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005387 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5388 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005389 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5390 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005391 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005392 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005393 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005394 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005395 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005396 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005397 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005398 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005399 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005400 case Type::Complex:
5401 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5402 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005403 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005404 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005405 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5406 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005407 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005408 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005409 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5410 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005411 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5412 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005413 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5414 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5415 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005416 return LHS;
5417
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005418 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005419 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005420 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005421 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5422 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5423 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5424 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
5425 return LHS;
5426 return QualType();
5427 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005428 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5429 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005430 return LHS;
5431
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005432 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005433 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005434 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005435
5436 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005437}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005438
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005439/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5440/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5441/// return types.
5442QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5443 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5444 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5445 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5446 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5447 return LHS;
5448 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5449 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5450 return QualType();
5451 QualType OldReturnType =
5452 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5453 QualType NewReturnType =
5454 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5455 QualType ResReturnType =
5456 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5457 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5458 return QualType();
5459 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5460 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5461 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5462 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5463 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005464 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5465 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005466 QualType ResultType
5467 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005468 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005469 return ResultType;
5470 }
5471 }
5472 return QualType();
5473 }
5474
5475 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5476 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5477 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5478 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5479 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5480 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5481 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5482 return QualType();
5483
5484 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5485 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5486 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5487 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5488 // qualified __strong.
5489 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5490 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5491 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5492
5493 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5494 return QualType();
5495
5496 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5497 return LHS;
5498 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5499 return RHS;
5500 return QualType();
5501 }
5502
5503 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5504 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5505 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5506 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5507 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5508 return LHS;
5509 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5510 return RHS;
5511 }
5512 return QualType();
5513}
5514
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005516// Integer Predicates
5517//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005518
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005519unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00005520 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005521 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005522 if (T->isBooleanType())
5523 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005524 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005525 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5526}
5527
5528QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005529 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005530
5531 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5532 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5533 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005534 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005535
5536 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5537 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005538 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005539
5540 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5541 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005542 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5543 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5544 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5545 return UnsignedCharTy;
5546 case BuiltinType::Short:
5547 return UnsignedShortTy;
5548 case BuiltinType::Int:
5549 return UnsignedIntTy;
5550 case BuiltinType::Long:
5551 return UnsignedLongTy;
5552 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5553 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005554 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5555 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005556 default:
5557 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5558 return QualType();
5559 }
5560}
5561
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +00005562ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
5563
5564void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005565
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005566ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5567
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005568
5569//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5570// Builtin Type Computation
5571//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5572
5573/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005574/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5575/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5576/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5577/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005578///
5579/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5580/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005581static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005582 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005583 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005584 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005585 // Modifiers.
5586 int HowLong = 0;
5587 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005588 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005589
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005590 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005591 bool Done = false;
5592 while (!Done) {
5593 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005594 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005595 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005596 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005597 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005598 case 'S':
5599 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5600 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5601 Signed = true;
5602 break;
5603 case 'U':
5604 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5605 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5606 Unsigned = true;
5607 break;
5608 case 'L':
5609 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5610 ++HowLong;
5611 break;
5612 }
5613 }
5614
5615 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005616
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005617 // Read the base type.
5618 switch (*Str++) {
5619 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5620 case 'v':
5621 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5622 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5623 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5624 break;
5625 case 'f':
5626 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5627 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5628 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5629 break;
5630 case 'd':
5631 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5632 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5633 if (HowLong)
5634 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5635 else
5636 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5637 break;
5638 case 's':
5639 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5640 if (Unsigned)
5641 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5642 else
5643 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5644 break;
5645 case 'i':
5646 if (HowLong == 3)
5647 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5648 else if (HowLong == 2)
5649 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5650 else if (HowLong == 1)
5651 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5652 else
5653 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5654 break;
5655 case 'c':
5656 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5657 if (Signed)
5658 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5659 else if (Unsigned)
5660 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5661 else
5662 Type = Context.CharTy;
5663 break;
5664 case 'b': // boolean
5665 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5666 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5667 break;
5668 case 'z': // size_t.
5669 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5670 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5671 break;
5672 case 'F':
5673 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5674 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00005675 case 'G':
5676 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
5677 break;
5678 case 'H':
5679 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
5680 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005681 case 'a':
5682 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5683 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5684 break;
5685 case 'A':
5686 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5687 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5688 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5689 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5690 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5691 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5692 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5693 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5694 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5695 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005696 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005697 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005698 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005699 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005700 break;
5701 case 'V': {
5702 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005703 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5704 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005705 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005706
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005707 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
5708 RequiresICE, false);
5709 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005710
5711 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005712 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005713 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005714 break;
5715 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005716 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005717 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
5718 false);
5719 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005720 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5721 break;
5722 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005723 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005724 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5725 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005726 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005727 return QualType();
5728 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005729 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005730 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005731 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005732 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005733 else
5734 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5735
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005736 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005737 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005738 return QualType();
5739 }
5740 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005741 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005742
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005743 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
5744 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005745 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005746 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005747 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5748 case '*':
5749 case '&': {
5750 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5751 // qualified with an address space.
5752 char *End;
5753 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5754 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5755 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5756 Str = End;
5757 }
5758 if (c == '*')
5759 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5760 else
5761 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5762 break;
5763 }
5764 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5765 case 'C':
5766 Type = Type.withConst();
5767 break;
5768 case 'D':
5769 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5770 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005771 }
5772 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005773
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005774 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005775 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005776
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005777 return Type;
5778}
5779
5780/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005781QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005782 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005783 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005784 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005785
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005786 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005787
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005788 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005789 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005790 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
5791 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005792 if (Error != GE_None)
5793 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005794
5795 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
5796
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005797 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005798 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005799 if (Error != GE_None)
5800 return QualType();
5801
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005802 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
5803 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
5804 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
5805 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
5806
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005807 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5808 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5809 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005810
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005811 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5812 }
5813
5814 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5815 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5816
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00005817 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
5818 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
5819
5820 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
5821
5822 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
5823 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
5824 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005825
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005826 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00005827 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
5828 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005829
5830 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005831}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005832
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005833GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5834 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5835
5836 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005837 switch (L) {
5838 case NoLinkage:
5839 case InternalLinkage:
5840 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5841 return GVA_Internal;
5842
5843 case ExternalLinkage:
5844 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5845 case TSK_Undeclared:
5846 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5847 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5848 break;
5849
5850 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5851 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5852
5853 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5854 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5855 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5856 break;
5857 }
5858 }
5859
5860 if (!FD->isInlined())
5861 return External;
5862
5863 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5864 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5865 // externally visible.
5866 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5867 return External;
5868
5869 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5870 return GVA_C99Inline;
5871 }
5872
5873 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5874 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5875 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5876 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5877 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5878 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5879 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5880 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5881 return GVA_C99Inline;
5882
5883 return GVA_CXXInline;
5884}
5885
5886GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5887 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5888 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5889 // template.
5890 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5891 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5892 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5893
5894 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5895 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5896 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5897 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5898
5899 switch (L) {
5900 case NoLinkage:
5901 case InternalLinkage:
5902 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5903 return GVA_Internal;
5904
5905 case ExternalLinkage:
5906 switch (TSK) {
5907 case TSK_Undeclared:
5908 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5909 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5910
5911 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5912 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5913 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5914
5915 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5916 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5917
5918 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5919 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5920 }
5921 }
5922
5923 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5924}
5925
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005926bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005927 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5928 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5929 return false;
5930 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5931 return false;
5932
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005933 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5934 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5935 return false;
5936
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005937 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5938 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5939 return true;
5940
5941 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5942 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5943 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5944 return false;
5945
5946 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5947 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5948 return true;
5949
5950 // The key function for a class is required.
5951 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5952 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5953 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5954 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5955 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5956 return true;
5957 }
5958 }
5959
5960 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5961
5962 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5963 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5964 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5965 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5966 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5967 return false;
5968 return true;
5969 }
5970
5971 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5972 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5973
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005974 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5975 return false;
5976
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005977 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5978
5979 // FIXME: Handle references.
5980 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5981 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1b30d9c2010-08-15 01:15:20 +00005982 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
5983 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005984 return true;
5985 }
5986 }
5987
5988 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5989 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5990 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5991 return false;
5992 }
5993
5994 return true;
5995}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005996
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00005997CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
5998 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
5999 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
6000}
6001
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006002bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlsson60a62632010-11-25 01:51:53 +00006003 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6004 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
6005}
6006
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006007MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
6008 switch (Target.getCXXABI()) {
6009 case CXXABI_ARM:
6010 case CXXABI_Itanium:
6011 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6012 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
6013 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6014 }
6015 assert(0 && "Unsupported ABI");
6016 return 0;
6017}
6018
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006019CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}